28 products

HFT Series Large Caliber Air Gripper

HFT Series Large Caliber Air Gripper

  • Product Features
  • Specifications
  • Stroke Specs
  • Product Ordering Code

Features

  • Long Stroke: Designed with a long finger stroke, making it suitable for gripping large objects.
  • Double Piston Drive: Utilizes a dual-piston mechanism to increase holding force.
  • Rack & Pinion Sync: Uses a rack and pinion operation to ensure synchronous opening and closing of fingers with high repetition accuracy.
  • Magnetic Control: All series come standard with attached magnets for easy control.

Specifications

Bore Size (mm) 10 16 20 25 32
Acting Type Double Acting
Fluid Air (to be filtered by 40μm filter element)
Operating Pressure 0.25~0.7MPa
(36~100psi)
0.15~0.7MPa
(22~100psi)
Proof Pressure 1.2MPa (175psi)
Temperature (°C) -20~70
Lubrication Cylinder Part: Not Required
Cushion Bumper
Repeatability (mm) ±0.1
Gripping Force (N) [Note 1] 14 45 74 131 228
Max. Frequency 40 (c.p.m) 20 (c.p.m)
Port Size M5 x 0.8 PT1/8
[Note 1] At 0.5MPa pressure and gripping point L=40mm (for Φ10~Φ25) or 80mm (for Φ32).

Stroke Specifications (mm)

Bore Size Standard Stroke Max Stroke
10 20, 30, 40, 60 60
16 30, 40, 60, 80 80
20 40, 60, 80, 100 100
25 40, 60, 80, 100 100
32 60, 80, 100, 150 150
Note: Contact the company for other special strokes.

Ordering Code

HFT 10 x 20 S □
No. Item Code Description
① Series HFT: Large Caliber Open Gripper (Double Acting)
② Bore Size 10, 16, 20, 25, 32 (mm)
③ Stroke Refer to Stroke Table (e.g., 20, 30, 40, etc.)
④ Magnet S: With Magnet
⑤ Thread [Note 1] Blank: PT Thread
G: G Thread
T: NPT Thread
[Note 1] Blank indicates Metric thread or PT thread. If G or NPT thread is required, please add G or T code.
  • Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT16X30S Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT16X30S - 2

    Airtac HFT series: wide-opening parallel pneumatic gripper - HFT16X30S

    Specifications: HFT16X30S is an AirTAC 16 mm wide-opening parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. The HFT download contains the complete HFT section from the 2022 Chinese catalog, printed pages 334–339, including specifications and mounting drawings. This model code Parameter Details HFT wide-opening parallel gripper; double acting 16 16 mm nominal bore X30 30 mm combined opening/closing stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features Long synchronized jaw travel accommodates larger workpieces. Dual pistons increase holding force; rack-and-pinion synchronization maintains parallel opening and closing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 16 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.1 mm Maximum operating frequency 40 cycles/min Combined opening/closing stroke 30 mm Gripping force at 0.5 MPa 45 N Force rating gripping-point distance 40 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFT16 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Choose the opening span to fit the workpiece, then check the force curve for the exact bore and stroke group. The gripping position is R in mm. Short and long stroke groups have different curves, even at the same bore. Keep fingers short and light and stay within the graphed force range. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 128 AB 60 JB 40 KB 45 LB 28 PA 29 UA 98 UB 68 Overall body width 55 Overall height 58 Jaw attachment 4× M5×0.8 through Body front / rear mounting 4× M5×0.8 depth 10 Through holes 2× Ø5.5 Locating bore Ø24 (+0.05/0), depth 1 Dowel holes Ø3 (+0.03/0), depth 3 Guide diameter Ø8 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Support Aluminum alloy 2 Piston rod A Stainless steel 3 Locknut Alloy steel 4 Guide rod Stainless steel 5 Retaining plate Spring steel 6 Flat washer Free-cutting steel 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Dust seal TPU 9 DU dry bearing Low-carbon steel + composite material 10 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 11 O-ring NBR 12 Gear Chrome-molybdenum steel 13 Gear shaft Bearing steel 14 Gear cover Free-cutting steel 15 Body Aluminum alloy 16 Front cover Aluminum alloy 17 O-ring NBR 18 Piston rod B Stainless steel 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Connecting screw Stainless steel 21 Magnet holder Brass / aluminum alloy 22 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 23 Piston seal NBR 24 Piston Brass / aluminum alloy 25 Bumper TPU Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Axial threaded mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Axial through mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m Side mounting M5×0.8; maximum 2.8 N·m; maximum engagement 7 mm Jaw attachment M5×0.8; maximum 2.8 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Install finger attachments with the piston rods retracted to avoid scratching the rods and damaging their seals. The 32 mm bore has no axial through-hole mounting method in this catalog. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the combined jaw travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFT gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFT body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFT-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating pressure range of this selected HFT branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa. Keep the selected branch within −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 585 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

    $211.09

  • Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT16X80S Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT16X80S - 2

    Airtac HFT series: wide-opening parallel pneumatic gripper - HFT16X80S

    Specifications: HFT16X80S is an AirTAC 16 mm wide-opening parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. The HFT download contains the complete HFT section from the 2022 Chinese catalog, printed pages 334–339, including specifications and mounting drawings. This model code Parameter Details HFT wide-opening parallel gripper; double acting 16 16 mm nominal bore X80 80 mm combined opening/closing stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features Long synchronized jaw travel accommodates larger workpieces. Dual pistons increase holding force; rack-and-pinion synchronization maintains parallel opening and closing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 16 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.1 mm Maximum operating frequency 40 cycles/min Combined opening/closing stroke 80 mm Gripping force at 0.5 MPa 45 N Force rating gripping-point distance 40 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFT16 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Choose the opening span to fit the workpiece, then check the force curve for the exact bore and stroke group. The gripping position is R in mm. Short and long stroke groups have different curves, even at the same bore. Keep fingers short and light and stay within the graphed force range. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 234 AB 110 JB 90 KB 95 LB 78 PA 54 UA 204 UB 124 Overall body width 55 Overall height 58 Jaw attachment 4× M5×0.8 through Body front / rear mounting 4× M5×0.8 depth 10 Through holes 2× Ø5.5 Locating bore Ø24 (+0.05/0), depth 1 Dowel holes Ø3 (+0.03/0), depth 3 Guide diameter Ø8 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Support Aluminum alloy 2 Piston rod A Stainless steel 3 Locknut Alloy steel 4 Guide rod Stainless steel 5 Retaining plate Spring steel 6 Flat washer Free-cutting steel 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Dust seal TPU 9 DU dry bearing Low-carbon steel + composite material 10 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 11 O-ring NBR 12 Gear Chrome-molybdenum steel 13 Gear shaft Bearing steel 14 Gear cover Free-cutting steel 15 Body Aluminum alloy 16 Front cover Aluminum alloy 17 O-ring NBR 18 Piston rod B Stainless steel 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Connecting screw Stainless steel 21 Magnet holder Brass / aluminum alloy 22 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 23 Piston seal NBR 24 Piston Brass / aluminum alloy 25 Bumper TPU Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Axial threaded mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Axial through mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m Side mounting M5×0.8; maximum 2.8 N·m; maximum engagement 7 mm Jaw attachment M5×0.8; maximum 2.8 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Install finger attachments with the piston rods retracted to avoid scratching the rods and damaging their seals. The 32 mm bore has no axial through-hole mounting method in this catalog. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the combined jaw travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFT gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFT body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFT-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating pressure range of this selected HFT branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa. Keep the selected branch within −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 950 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

    $284.58

  • Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT25X40S Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT25X40S - 2

    Airtac HFT series: wide-opening parallel pneumatic gripper - HFT25X40S

    Specifications: HFT25X40S is an AirTAC 25 mm wide-opening parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. The HFT download contains the complete HFT section from the 2022 Chinese catalog, printed pages 334–339, including specifications and mounting drawings. This model code Parameter Details HFT wide-opening parallel gripper; double acting 25 25 mm nominal bore X40 40 mm combined opening/closing stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features Long synchronized jaw travel accommodates larger workpieces. Dual pistons increase holding force; rack-and-pinion synchronization maintains parallel opening and closing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 25 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.1 mm Maximum operating frequency 40 cycles/min Combined opening/closing stroke 40 mm Gripping force at 0.5 MPa 131 N Force rating gripping-point distance 40 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFT25 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Choose the opening span to fit the workpiece, then check the force curve for the exact bore and stroke group. The gripping position is R in mm. Short and long stroke groups have different curves, even at the same bore. Keep fingers short and light and stay within the graphed force range. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 183 AB 82 JB 56 KB 60 LB 38 PA 36.5 UA 132 UB 92 Overall body width 76 Overall height 81 Jaw attachment 4× M8×1.25 through Body front / rear mounting 4× M8×1.25 depth 16 Through holes 2× Ø9 Locating bore Ø34 (+0.05/0), depth 1 Dowel holes Ø4 (+0.03/0), depth 4.5 Guide diameter Ø12 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Support Aluminum alloy 2 Piston rod A Stainless steel 3 Locknut Alloy steel 4 Guide rod Stainless steel 5 Retaining plate Spring steel 6 Flat washer Free-cutting steel 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Dust seal TPU 9 DU dry bearing Low-carbon steel + composite material 10 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 11 O-ring NBR 12 Gear Chrome-molybdenum steel 13 Gear shaft Bearing steel 14 Gear cover Free-cutting steel 15 Body Aluminum alloy 16 Front cover Aluminum alloy 17 O-ring NBR 18 Piston rod B Stainless steel 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Connecting screw Stainless steel 21 Magnet holder Brass / aluminum alloy 22 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 23 Piston seal NBR 24 Piston Brass / aluminum alloy 25 Bumper TPU Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Axial threaded mounting M8×1.25; maximum 17.7 N·m; maximum engagement 16 mm Axial through mounting M8×1.25; maximum 17.7 N·m Side mounting M8×1.25; maximum 12 N·m; maximum engagement 7 mm Jaw attachment M8×1.25; maximum 12 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Install finger attachments with the piston rods retracted to avoid scratching the rods and damaging their seals. The 32 mm bore has no axial through-hole mounting method in this catalog. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the combined jaw travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFT gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFT body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFT-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating pressure range of this selected HFT branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa. Keep the selected branch within −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 1615 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

    $320.55

  • Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT20X80S Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT20X80S - 2

    Airtac HFT series: wide-opening parallel pneumatic gripper - HFT20X80S

    Specifications: HFT20X80S is an AirTAC 20 mm wide-opening parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. The HFT download contains the complete HFT section from the 2022 Chinese catalog, printed pages 334–339, including specifications and mounting drawings. This model code Parameter Details HFT wide-opening parallel gripper; double acting 20 20 mm nominal bore X80 80 mm combined opening/closing stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features Long synchronized jaw travel accommodates larger workpieces. Dual pistons increase holding force; rack-and-pinion synchronization maintains parallel opening and closing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 20 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.1 mm Maximum operating frequency 40 cycles/min Combined opening/closing stroke 80 mm Gripping force at 0.5 MPa 74 N Force rating gripping-point distance 40 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFT20 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Choose the opening span to fit the workpiece, then check the force curve for the exact bore and stroke group. The gripping position is R in mm. Short and long stroke groups have different curves, even at the same bore. Keep fingers short and light and stay within the graphed force range. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 255 AB 113 JB 96 KB 100 LB 80 PA 56 UA 212 UB 132 Overall body width 65 Overall height 70.5 Jaw attachment 4× M6×1 through Body front / rear mounting 4× M6×1 depth 12 Through holes 2× Ø6.5 Locating bore Ø28 (+0.05/0), depth 1 Dowel holes Ø4 (+0.03/0), depth 4 Guide diameter Ø10 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Support Aluminum alloy 2 Piston rod A Stainless steel 3 Locknut Alloy steel 4 Guide rod Stainless steel 5 Retaining plate Spring steel 6 Flat washer Free-cutting steel 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Dust seal TPU 9 DU dry bearing Low-carbon steel + composite material 10 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 11 O-ring NBR 12 Gear Chrome-molybdenum steel 13 Gear shaft Bearing steel 14 Gear cover Free-cutting steel 15 Body Aluminum alloy 16 Front cover Aluminum alloy 17 O-ring NBR 18 Piston rod B Stainless steel 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Connecting screw Stainless steel 21 Magnet holder Brass / aluminum alloy 22 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 23 Piston seal NBR 24 Piston Brass / aluminum alloy 25 Bumper TPU Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Axial threaded mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Axial through mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m Side mounting M6×1; maximum 4.8 N·m; maximum engagement 7 mm Jaw attachment M6×1; maximum 4.8 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Install finger attachments with the piston rods retracted to avoid scratching the rods and damaging their seals. The 32 mm bore has no axial through-hole mounting method in this catalog. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the combined jaw travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFT gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFT body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFT-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating pressure range of this selected HFT branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa. Keep the selected branch within −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 1460 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

    $337.68

  • Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT20X40S Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT20X40S - 2

    Airtac HFT series: wide-opening parallel pneumatic gripper - HFT20X40S

    Specifications: HFT20X40S is an AirTAC 20 mm wide-opening parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. The HFT download contains the complete HFT section from the 2022 Chinese catalog, printed pages 334–339, including specifications and mounting drawings. This model code Parameter Details HFT wide-opening parallel gripper; double acting 20 20 mm nominal bore X40 40 mm combined opening/closing stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features Long synchronized jaw travel accommodates larger workpieces. Dual pistons increase holding force; rack-and-pinion synchronization maintains parallel opening and closing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 20 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.1 mm Maximum operating frequency 40 cycles/min Combined opening/closing stroke 40 mm Gripping force at 0.5 MPa 74 N Force rating gripping-point distance 40 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFT20 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Choose the opening span to fit the workpiece, then check the force curve for the exact bore and stroke group. The gripping position is R in mm. Short and long stroke groups have different curves, even at the same bore. Keep fingers short and light and stay within the graphed force range. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 163 AB 71 JB 54 KB 58 LB 38 PA 36 UA 120 UB 80 Overall body width 65 Overall height 70.5 Jaw attachment 4× M6×1 through Body front / rear mounting 4× M6×1 depth 12 Through holes 2× Ø6.5 Locating bore Ø28 (+0.05/0), depth 1 Dowel holes Ø4 (+0.03/0), depth 4 Guide diameter Ø10 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Support Aluminum alloy 2 Piston rod A Stainless steel 3 Locknut Alloy steel 4 Guide rod Stainless steel 5 Retaining plate Spring steel 6 Flat washer Free-cutting steel 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Dust seal TPU 9 DU dry bearing Low-carbon steel + composite material 10 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 11 O-ring NBR 12 Gear Chrome-molybdenum steel 13 Gear shaft Bearing steel 14 Gear cover Free-cutting steel 15 Body Aluminum alloy 16 Front cover Aluminum alloy 17 O-ring NBR 18 Piston rod B Stainless steel 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Connecting screw Stainless steel 21 Magnet holder Brass / aluminum alloy 22 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 23 Piston seal NBR 24 Piston Brass / aluminum alloy 25 Bumper TPU Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Axial threaded mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Axial through mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m Side mounting M6×1; maximum 4.8 N·m; maximum engagement 7 mm Jaw attachment M6×1; maximum 4.8 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Install finger attachments with the piston rods retracted to avoid scratching the rods and damaging their seals. The 32 mm bore has no axial through-hole mounting method in this catalog. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the combined jaw travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFT gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFT body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFT-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating pressure range of this selected HFT branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa. Keep the selected branch within −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 1020 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

    $266.88

  • Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT16X60S Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT16X60S - 2

    Airtac HFT series: wide-opening parallel pneumatic gripper - HFT16X60S

    Specifications: HFT16X60S is an AirTAC 16 mm wide-opening parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. The HFT download contains the complete HFT section from the 2022 Chinese catalog, printed pages 334–339, including specifications and mounting drawings. This model code Parameter Details HFT wide-opening parallel gripper; double acting 16 16 mm nominal bore X60 60 mm combined opening/closing stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features Long synchronized jaw travel accommodates larger workpieces. Dual pistons increase holding force; rack-and-pinion synchronization maintains parallel opening and closing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 16 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.1 mm Maximum operating frequency 40 cycles/min Combined opening/closing stroke 60 mm Gripping force at 0.5 MPa 45 N Force rating gripping-point distance 40 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFT16 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Choose the opening span to fit the workpiece, then check the force curve for the exact bore and stroke group. The gripping position is R in mm. Short and long stroke groups have different curves, even at the same bore. Keep fingers short and light and stay within the graphed force range. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 194 AB 90 JB 70 KB 75 LB 58 PA 44 UA 164 UB 104 Overall body width 55 Overall height 58 Jaw attachment 4× M5×0.8 through Body front / rear mounting 4× M5×0.8 depth 10 Through holes 2× Ø5.5 Locating bore Ø24 (+0.05/0), depth 1 Dowel holes Ø3 (+0.03/0), depth 3 Guide diameter Ø8 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Support Aluminum alloy 2 Piston rod A Stainless steel 3 Locknut Alloy steel 4 Guide rod Stainless steel 5 Retaining plate Spring steel 6 Flat washer Free-cutting steel 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Dust seal TPU 9 DU dry bearing Low-carbon steel + composite material 10 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 11 O-ring NBR 12 Gear Chrome-molybdenum steel 13 Gear shaft Bearing steel 14 Gear cover Free-cutting steel 15 Body Aluminum alloy 16 Front cover Aluminum alloy 17 O-ring NBR 18 Piston rod B Stainless steel 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Connecting screw Stainless steel 21 Magnet holder Brass / aluminum alloy 22 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 23 Piston seal NBR 24 Piston Brass / aluminum alloy 25 Bumper TPU Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Axial threaded mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Axial through mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m Side mounting M5×0.8; maximum 2.8 N·m; maximum engagement 7 mm Jaw attachment M5×0.8; maximum 2.8 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Install finger attachments with the piston rods retracted to avoid scratching the rods and damaging their seals. The 32 mm bore has no axial through-hole mounting method in this catalog. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the combined jaw travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFT gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFT body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFT-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating pressure range of this selected HFT branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa. Keep the selected branch within −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 805 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

    $255.26

  • Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT16X40S Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT16X40S - 2

    Airtac HFT series: wide-opening parallel pneumatic gripper - HFT16X40S

    Specifications: HFT16X40S is an AirTAC 16 mm wide-opening parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. The HFT download contains the complete HFT section from the 2022 Chinese catalog, printed pages 334–339, including specifications and mounting drawings. This model code Parameter Details HFT wide-opening parallel gripper; double acting 16 16 mm nominal bore X40 40 mm combined opening/closing stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features Long synchronized jaw travel accommodates larger workpieces. Dual pistons increase holding force; rack-and-pinion synchronization maintains parallel opening and closing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 16 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.1 mm Maximum operating frequency 40 cycles/min Combined opening/closing stroke 40 mm Gripping force at 0.5 MPa 45 N Force rating gripping-point distance 40 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFT16 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Choose the opening span to fit the workpiece, then check the force curve for the exact bore and stroke group. The gripping position is R in mm. Short and long stroke groups have different curves, even at the same bore. Keep fingers short and light and stay within the graphed force range. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 148 AB 70 JB 50 KB 55 LB 38 PA 34 UA 118 UB 78 Overall body width 55 Overall height 58 Jaw attachment 4× M5×0.8 through Body front / rear mounting 4× M5×0.8 depth 10 Through holes 2× Ø5.5 Locating bore Ø24 (+0.05/0), depth 1 Dowel holes Ø3 (+0.03/0), depth 3 Guide diameter Ø8 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Support Aluminum alloy 2 Piston rod A Stainless steel 3 Locknut Alloy steel 4 Guide rod Stainless steel 5 Retaining plate Spring steel 6 Flat washer Free-cutting steel 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Dust seal TPU 9 DU dry bearing Low-carbon steel + composite material 10 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 11 O-ring NBR 12 Gear Chrome-molybdenum steel 13 Gear shaft Bearing steel 14 Gear cover Free-cutting steel 15 Body Aluminum alloy 16 Front cover Aluminum alloy 17 O-ring NBR 18 Piston rod B Stainless steel 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Connecting screw Stainless steel 21 Magnet holder Brass / aluminum alloy 22 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 23 Piston seal NBR 24 Piston Brass / aluminum alloy 25 Bumper TPU Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Axial threaded mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Axial through mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m Side mounting M5×0.8; maximum 2.8 N·m; maximum engagement 7 mm Jaw attachment M5×0.8; maximum 2.8 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Install finger attachments with the piston rods retracted to avoid scratching the rods and damaging their seals. The 32 mm bore has no axial through-hole mounting method in this catalog. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the combined jaw travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFT gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFT body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFT-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating pressure range of this selected HFT branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa. Keep the selected branch within −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 660 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

    $225.80

  • Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT32X150ST

    Airtac HFT series: wide-opening parallel pneumatic gripper - HFT32X150ST

    Specifications: HFT32X150ST is an AirTAC 32 mm wide-opening parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. The HFT download contains the complete HFT section from the 2022 Chinese catalog, printed pages 334–339, including specifications and mounting drawings. This model code Parameter Details HFT wide-opening parallel gripper; double acting 32 32 mm nominal bore X150 150 mm combined opening/closing stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately T NPT1/8 Design and operating features Long synchronized jaw travel accommodates larger workpieces. Dual pistons increase holding force; rack-and-pinion synchronization maintains parallel opening and closing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 32 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread NPT1/8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.1 mm Maximum operating frequency 20 cycles/min Combined opening/closing stroke 150 mm Gripping force at 0.5 MPa 228 N Force rating gripping-point distance 80 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFT32 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Choose the opening span to fit the workpiece, then check the force curve for the exact bore and stroke group. The gripping position is R in mm. Short and long stroke groups have different curves, even at the same bore. Keep fingers short and light and stay within the graphed force range. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 443 AB 208 KB 184 LB 158 PA 93 UA 382 UB 232 Overall body width 82 Overall height 100 Jaw attachment 4× M10×1.5 through Body front / rear mounting 4× M8×1.25 depth 16 Locating bore Ø34 (+0.05/0), depth 1.5 Dowel holes Ø6 (+0.03/0), depth 8 Guide diameter Ø16 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Support Aluminum alloy 2 Piston rod A Stainless steel 3 Locknut Alloy steel 4 Guide rod Stainless steel 5 Retaining plate Spring steel 6 Flat washer Free-cutting steel 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Dust seal TPU 9 DU dry bearing Low-carbon steel + composite material 10 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 11 O-ring NBR 12 Gear Chrome-molybdenum steel 13 Gear shaft Bearing steel 14 Gear cover Free-cutting steel 15 Body Aluminum alloy 16 Front cover Aluminum alloy 17 O-ring NBR 18 Piston rod B Stainless steel 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Connecting screw Stainless steel 21 Magnet holder Brass / aluminum alloy 22 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 23 Piston seal NBR 24 Piston Brass / aluminum alloy 25 Bumper TPU Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Axial threaded mounting M8×1.25; maximum 17.7 N·m; maximum engagement 16 mm Side mounting M8×1.25; maximum 12 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Jaw attachment M10×1.5; maximum 24 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Install finger attachments with the piston rods retracted to avoid scratching the rods and damaging their seals. The 32 mm bore has no axial through-hole mounting method in this catalog. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the combined jaw travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFT gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFT body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control The two NPT gripper-side options require exact 1/4 inch OD soft nylon or PU tube. Do not substitute approximate metric tube diameters or PT/G threads. An inch-tube full order code and a complete valve-side connector or transition set are not specified here. Select compatible tubing and verify every connection from both gripper work ports to the control valve before assembly. NPC1/4-1/8: NPT1/8 male; exact 1/4 inch tube ODIndependent gripper-port straight option requiring compatible inch tubing NPTL1/4-1/8A: NPT1/8 male; exact 1/4 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent gripper-port meter-out option instead of the straight fitting BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system The NPT A-type restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Apply the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed complete M5-port valve codes are independent directional-control options. Their M5 ports do not directly mate with the NPT gripper ports or establish an inch-tube work line. Keep the two work paths separate and verify the actual tube and valve-side connections. These options are separately ordered, not a supplied or HFT-validated complete kit; valve flow, opening/closing time and gripping performance require selection for the actual load. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating range of this selected HFT branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit.Estimated weight 4650 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight.

    $678.94

  • Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT32X100ST

    Airtac HFT series: wide-opening parallel pneumatic gripper - HFT32X100ST

    Specifications: HFT32X100ST is an AirTAC 32 mm wide-opening parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. The HFT download contains the complete HFT section from the 2022 Chinese catalog, printed pages 334–339, including specifications and mounting drawings. This model code Parameter Details HFT wide-opening parallel gripper; double acting 32 32 mm nominal bore X100 100 mm combined opening/closing stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately T NPT1/8 Design and operating features Long synchronized jaw travel accommodates larger workpieces. Dual pistons increase holding force; rack-and-pinion synchronization maintains parallel opening and closing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 32 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread NPT1/8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.1 mm Maximum operating frequency 20 cycles/min Combined opening/closing stroke 100 mm Gripping force at 0.5 MPa 228 N Force rating gripping-point distance 80 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFT32 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Choose the opening span to fit the workpiece, then check the force curve for the exact bore and stroke group. The gripping position is R in mm. Short and long stroke groups have different curves, even at the same bore. Keep fingers short and light and stay within the graphed force range. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 343 AB 158 KB 134 LB 108 PA 68 UA 282 UB 182 Overall body width 82 Overall height 100 Jaw attachment 4× M10×1.5 through Body front / rear mounting 4× M8×1.25 depth 16 Locating bore Ø34 (+0.05/0), depth 1.5 Dowel holes Ø6 (+0.03/0), depth 8 Guide diameter Ø16 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Support Aluminum alloy 2 Piston rod A Stainless steel 3 Locknut Alloy steel 4 Guide rod Stainless steel 5 Retaining plate Spring steel 6 Flat washer Free-cutting steel 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Dust seal TPU 9 DU dry bearing Low-carbon steel + composite material 10 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 11 O-ring NBR 12 Gear Chrome-molybdenum steel 13 Gear shaft Bearing steel 14 Gear cover Free-cutting steel 15 Body Aluminum alloy 16 Front cover Aluminum alloy 17 O-ring NBR 18 Piston rod B Stainless steel 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Connecting screw Stainless steel 21 Magnet holder Brass / aluminum alloy 22 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 23 Piston seal NBR 24 Piston Brass / aluminum alloy 25 Bumper TPU Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Axial threaded mounting M8×1.25; maximum 17.7 N·m; maximum engagement 16 mm Side mounting M8×1.25; maximum 12 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Jaw attachment M10×1.5; maximum 24 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Install finger attachments with the piston rods retracted to avoid scratching the rods and damaging their seals. The 32 mm bore has no axial through-hole mounting method in this catalog. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the combined jaw travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFT gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFT body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control The two NPT gripper-side options require exact 1/4 inch OD soft nylon or PU tube. Do not substitute approximate metric tube diameters or PT/G threads. An inch-tube full order code and a complete valve-side connector or transition set are not specified here. Select compatible tubing and verify every connection from both gripper work ports to the control valve before assembly. NPC1/4-1/8: NPT1/8 male; exact 1/4 inch tube ODIndependent gripper-port straight option requiring compatible inch tubing NPTL1/4-1/8A: NPT1/8 male; exact 1/4 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent gripper-port meter-out option instead of the straight fitting BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system The NPT A-type restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Apply the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed complete M5-port valve codes are independent directional-control options. Their M5 ports do not directly mate with the NPT gripper ports or establish an inch-tube work line. Keep the two work paths separate and verify the actual tube and valve-side connections. These options are separately ordered, not a supplied or HFT-validated complete kit; valve flow, opening/closing time and gripping performance require selection for the actual load. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating range of this selected HFT branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit.Estimated weight 3685 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight.

    $551.56

  • Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT32X80ST

    Airtac HFT series: wide-opening parallel pneumatic gripper - HFT32X80ST

    Specifications: HFT32X80ST is an AirTAC 32 mm wide-opening parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. The HFT download contains the complete HFT section from the 2022 Chinese catalog, printed pages 334–339, including specifications and mounting drawings. This model code Parameter Details HFT wide-opening parallel gripper; double acting 32 32 mm nominal bore X80 80 mm combined opening/closing stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately T NPT1/8 Design and operating features Long synchronized jaw travel accommodates larger workpieces. Dual pistons increase holding force; rack-and-pinion synchronization maintains parallel opening and closing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 32 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread NPT1/8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.1 mm Maximum operating frequency 20 cycles/min Combined opening/closing stroke 80 mm Gripping force at 0.5 MPa 228 N Force rating gripping-point distance 80 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFT32 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Choose the opening span to fit the workpiece, then check the force curve for the exact bore and stroke group. The gripping position is R in mm. Short and long stroke groups have different curves, even at the same bore. Keep fingers short and light and stay within the graphed force range. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 285 AB 120 KB 86 LB 60 PA 58 UA 224 UB 144 Overall body width 82 Overall height 100 Jaw attachment 4× M10×1.5 through Body front / rear mounting 4× M8×1.25 depth 16 Locating bore Ø34 (+0.05/0), depth 1.5 Dowel holes Ø6 (+0.03/0), depth 8 Guide diameter Ø16 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Support Aluminum alloy 2 Piston rod A Stainless steel 3 Locknut Alloy steel 4 Guide rod Stainless steel 5 Retaining plate Spring steel 6 Flat washer Free-cutting steel 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Dust seal TPU 9 DU dry bearing Low-carbon steel + composite material 10 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 11 O-ring NBR 12 Gear Chrome-molybdenum steel 13 Gear shaft Bearing steel 14 Gear cover Free-cutting steel 15 Body Aluminum alloy 16 Front cover Aluminum alloy 17 O-ring NBR 18 Piston rod B Stainless steel 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Connecting screw Stainless steel 21 Magnet holder Brass / aluminum alloy 22 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 23 Piston seal NBR 24 Piston Brass / aluminum alloy 25 Bumper TPU Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Axial threaded mounting M8×1.25; maximum 17.7 N·m; maximum engagement 16 mm Side mounting M8×1.25; maximum 12 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Jaw attachment M10×1.5; maximum 24 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Install finger attachments with the piston rods retracted to avoid scratching the rods and damaging their seals. The 32 mm bore has no axial through-hole mounting method in this catalog. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the combined jaw travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFT gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFT body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control The two NPT gripper-side options require exact 1/4 inch OD soft nylon or PU tube. Do not substitute approximate metric tube diameters or PT/G threads. An inch-tube full order code and a complete valve-side connector or transition set are not specified here. Select compatible tubing and verify every connection from both gripper work ports to the control valve before assembly. NPC1/4-1/8: NPT1/8 male; exact 1/4 inch tube ODIndependent gripper-port straight option requiring compatible inch tubing NPTL1/4-1/8A: NPT1/8 male; exact 1/4 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent gripper-port meter-out option instead of the straight fitting BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system The NPT A-type restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Apply the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed complete M5-port valve codes are independent directional-control options. Their M5 ports do not directly mate with the NPT gripper ports or establish an inch-tube work line. Keep the two work paths separate and verify the actual tube and valve-side connections. These options are separately ordered, not a supplied or HFT-validated complete kit; valve flow, opening/closing time and gripping performance require selection for the actual load. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating range of this selected HFT branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit.Estimated weight 3130 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight.

    $493.75

  • Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT32X60ST

    Airtac HFT series: wide-opening parallel pneumatic gripper - HFT32X60ST

    Specifications: HFT32X60ST is an AirTAC 32 mm wide-opening parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. The HFT download contains the complete HFT section from the 2022 Chinese catalog, printed pages 334–339, including specifications and mounting drawings. This model code Parameter Details HFT wide-opening parallel gripper; double acting 32 32 mm nominal bore X60 60 mm combined opening/closing stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately T NPT1/8 Design and operating features Long synchronized jaw travel accommodates larger workpieces. Dual pistons increase holding force; rack-and-pinion synchronization maintains parallel opening and closing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 32 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread NPT1/8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.1 mm Maximum operating frequency 20 cycles/min Combined opening/closing stroke 60 mm Gripping force at 0.5 MPa 228 N Force rating gripping-point distance 80 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFT32 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Choose the opening span to fit the workpiece, then check the force curve for the exact bore and stroke group. The gripping position is R in mm. Short and long stroke groups have different curves, even at the same bore. Keep fingers short and light and stay within the graphed force range. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 245 AB 100 KB 76 LB 50 PA 48 UA 184 UB 124 Overall body width 82 Overall height 100 Jaw attachment 4× M10×1.5 through Body front / rear mounting 4× M8×1.25 depth 16 Locating bore Ø34 (+0.05/0), depth 1.5 Dowel holes Ø6 (+0.03/0), depth 8 Guide diameter Ø16 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Support Aluminum alloy 2 Piston rod A Stainless steel 3 Locknut Alloy steel 4 Guide rod Stainless steel 5 Retaining plate Spring steel 6 Flat washer Free-cutting steel 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Dust seal TPU 9 DU dry bearing Low-carbon steel + composite material 10 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 11 O-ring NBR 12 Gear Chrome-molybdenum steel 13 Gear shaft Bearing steel 14 Gear cover Free-cutting steel 15 Body Aluminum alloy 16 Front cover Aluminum alloy 17 O-ring NBR 18 Piston rod B Stainless steel 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Connecting screw Stainless steel 21 Magnet holder Brass / aluminum alloy 22 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 23 Piston seal NBR 24 Piston Brass / aluminum alloy 25 Bumper TPU Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Axial threaded mounting M8×1.25; maximum 17.7 N·m; maximum engagement 16 mm Side mounting M8×1.25; maximum 12 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Jaw attachment M10×1.5; maximum 24 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Install finger attachments with the piston rods retracted to avoid scratching the rods and damaging their seals. The 32 mm bore has no axial through-hole mounting method in this catalog. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the combined jaw travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFT gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFT body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control The two NPT gripper-side options require exact 1/4 inch OD soft nylon or PU tube. Do not substitute approximate metric tube diameters or PT/G threads. An inch-tube full order code and a complete valve-side connector or transition set are not specified here. Select compatible tubing and verify every connection from both gripper work ports to the control valve before assembly. NPC1/4-1/8: NPT1/8 male; exact 1/4 inch tube ODIndependent gripper-port straight option requiring compatible inch tubing NPTL1/4-1/8A: NPT1/8 male; exact 1/4 inch tube OD; A-typeIndependent gripper-port meter-out option instead of the straight fitting BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system The NPT A-type restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging; fitting/controller limits are 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Apply the specified tapered-thread seal and full tube insertion. Maximum controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed complete M5-port valve codes are independent directional-control options. Their M5 ports do not directly mate with the NPT gripper ports or establish an inch-tube work line. Keep the two work paths separate and verify the actual tube and valve-side connections. These options are separately ordered, not a supplied or HFT-validated complete kit; valve flow, opening/closing time and gripping performance require selection for the actual load. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating range of this selected HFT branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit.Estimated weight 2750 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight.

    $443.09

  • Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT32X150SG

    Airtac HFT series: wide-opening parallel pneumatic gripper - HFT32X150SG

    Specifications: HFT32X150SG is an AirTAC 32 mm wide-opening parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. The HFT download contains the complete HFT section from the 2022 Chinese catalog, printed pages 334–339, including specifications and mounting drawings. This model code Parameter Details HFT wide-opening parallel gripper; double acting 32 32 mm nominal bore X150 150 mm combined opening/closing stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately G G1/8 Design and operating features Long synchronized jaw travel accommodates larger workpieces. Dual pistons increase holding force; rack-and-pinion synchronization maintains parallel opening and closing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 32 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread G1/8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.1 mm Maximum operating frequency 20 cycles/min Combined opening/closing stroke 150 mm Gripping force at 0.5 MPa 228 N Force rating gripping-point distance 80 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFT32 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Choose the opening span to fit the workpiece, then check the force curve for the exact bore and stroke group. The gripping position is R in mm. Short and long stroke groups have different curves, even at the same bore. Keep fingers short and light and stay within the graphed force range. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 443 AB 208 KB 184 LB 158 PA 93 UA 382 UB 232 Overall body width 82 Overall height 100 Jaw attachment 4× M10×1.5 through Body front / rear mounting 4× M8×1.25 depth 16 Locating bore Ø34 (+0.05/0), depth 1.5 Dowel holes Ø6 (+0.03/0), depth 8 Guide diameter Ø16 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Support Aluminum alloy 2 Piston rod A Stainless steel 3 Locknut Alloy steel 4 Guide rod Stainless steel 5 Retaining plate Spring steel 6 Flat washer Free-cutting steel 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Dust seal TPU 9 DU dry bearing Low-carbon steel + composite material 10 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 11 O-ring NBR 12 Gear Chrome-molybdenum steel 13 Gear shaft Bearing steel 14 Gear cover Free-cutting steel 15 Body Aluminum alloy 16 Front cover Aluminum alloy 17 O-ring NBR 18 Piston rod B Stainless steel 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Connecting screw Stainless steel 21 Magnet holder Brass / aluminum alloy 22 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 23 Piston seal NBR 24 Piston Brass / aluminum alloy 25 Bumper TPU Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Axial threaded mounting M8×1.25; maximum 17.7 N·m; maximum engagement 16 mm Side mounting M8×1.25; maximum 12 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Jaw attachment M10×1.5; maximum 24 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Install finger attachments with the piston rods retracted to avoid scratching the rods and damaging their seals. The 32 mm bore has no axial through-hole mounting method in this catalog. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the combined jaw travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFT gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFT body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 6 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFT-validated complete kit. Choose valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. GPC601: G1/8 male; exact 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the matching HFT opening/closing work port GPTL601A: G1/8 male; exact 6 mm tube OD; A-typeMeter-out controller at each matching HFT work port instead of a straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the separate selected valve P/A/B ports BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A060040100MBU: Polyester PU; 6×4 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A060040100MBU: Polyether PU; 6×4 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose GPC601 straight fittings or GPTL601A controllers at the G1/8 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC6M5 at the separate M5 valve ports. The A-type restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the G sealing gasket on a suitable flat port face; PT/NPT are not substitutes. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating range of this selected HFT branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 4650 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight.

    $678.94

  • Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT32X100SG

    Airtac HFT series: wide-opening parallel pneumatic gripper - HFT32X100SG

    Specifications: HFT32X100SG is an AirTAC 32 mm wide-opening parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. The HFT download contains the complete HFT section from the 2022 Chinese catalog, printed pages 334–339, including specifications and mounting drawings. This model code Parameter Details HFT wide-opening parallel gripper; double acting 32 32 mm nominal bore X100 100 mm combined opening/closing stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately G G1/8 Design and operating features Long synchronized jaw travel accommodates larger workpieces. Dual pistons increase holding force; rack-and-pinion synchronization maintains parallel opening and closing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 32 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread G1/8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.1 mm Maximum operating frequency 20 cycles/min Combined opening/closing stroke 100 mm Gripping force at 0.5 MPa 228 N Force rating gripping-point distance 80 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFT32 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Choose the opening span to fit the workpiece, then check the force curve for the exact bore and stroke group. The gripping position is R in mm. Short and long stroke groups have different curves, even at the same bore. Keep fingers short and light and stay within the graphed force range. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 343 AB 158 KB 134 LB 108 PA 68 UA 282 UB 182 Overall body width 82 Overall height 100 Jaw attachment 4× M10×1.5 through Body front / rear mounting 4× M8×1.25 depth 16 Locating bore Ø34 (+0.05/0), depth 1.5 Dowel holes Ø6 (+0.03/0), depth 8 Guide diameter Ø16 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Support Aluminum alloy 2 Piston rod A Stainless steel 3 Locknut Alloy steel 4 Guide rod Stainless steel 5 Retaining plate Spring steel 6 Flat washer Free-cutting steel 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Dust seal TPU 9 DU dry bearing Low-carbon steel + composite material 10 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 11 O-ring NBR 12 Gear Chrome-molybdenum steel 13 Gear shaft Bearing steel 14 Gear cover Free-cutting steel 15 Body Aluminum alloy 16 Front cover Aluminum alloy 17 O-ring NBR 18 Piston rod B Stainless steel 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Connecting screw Stainless steel 21 Magnet holder Brass / aluminum alloy 22 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 23 Piston seal NBR 24 Piston Brass / aluminum alloy 25 Bumper TPU Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Axial threaded mounting M8×1.25; maximum 17.7 N·m; maximum engagement 16 mm Side mounting M8×1.25; maximum 12 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Jaw attachment M10×1.5; maximum 24 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Install finger attachments with the piston rods retracted to avoid scratching the rods and damaging their seals. The 32 mm bore has no axial through-hole mounting method in this catalog. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the combined jaw travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFT gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFT body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 6 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFT-validated complete kit. Choose valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. GPC601: G1/8 male; exact 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the matching HFT opening/closing work port GPTL601A: G1/8 male; exact 6 mm tube OD; A-typeMeter-out controller at each matching HFT work port instead of a straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the separate selected valve P/A/B ports BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A060040100MBU: Polyester PU; 6×4 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A060040100MBU: Polyether PU; 6×4 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose GPC601 straight fittings or GPTL601A controllers at the G1/8 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC6M5 at the separate M5 valve ports. The A-type restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the G sealing gasket on a suitable flat port face; PT/NPT are not substitutes. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating range of this selected HFT branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 3685 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight.

    $551.56

  • Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT32X80SG

    Airtac HFT series: wide-opening parallel pneumatic gripper - HFT32X80SG

    Specifications: HFT32X80SG is an AirTAC 32 mm wide-opening parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. The HFT download contains the complete HFT section from the 2022 Chinese catalog, printed pages 334–339, including specifications and mounting drawings. This model code Parameter Details HFT wide-opening parallel gripper; double acting 32 32 mm nominal bore X80 80 mm combined opening/closing stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately G G1/8 Design and operating features Long synchronized jaw travel accommodates larger workpieces. Dual pistons increase holding force; rack-and-pinion synchronization maintains parallel opening and closing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 32 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread G1/8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.1 mm Maximum operating frequency 20 cycles/min Combined opening/closing stroke 80 mm Gripping force at 0.5 MPa 228 N Force rating gripping-point distance 80 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFT32 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Choose the opening span to fit the workpiece, then check the force curve for the exact bore and stroke group. The gripping position is R in mm. Short and long stroke groups have different curves, even at the same bore. Keep fingers short and light and stay within the graphed force range. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 285 AB 120 KB 86 LB 60 PA 58 UA 224 UB 144 Overall body width 82 Overall height 100 Jaw attachment 4× M10×1.5 through Body front / rear mounting 4× M8×1.25 depth 16 Locating bore Ø34 (+0.05/0), depth 1.5 Dowel holes Ø6 (+0.03/0), depth 8 Guide diameter Ø16 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Support Aluminum alloy 2 Piston rod A Stainless steel 3 Locknut Alloy steel 4 Guide rod Stainless steel 5 Retaining plate Spring steel 6 Flat washer Free-cutting steel 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Dust seal TPU 9 DU dry bearing Low-carbon steel + composite material 10 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 11 O-ring NBR 12 Gear Chrome-molybdenum steel 13 Gear shaft Bearing steel 14 Gear cover Free-cutting steel 15 Body Aluminum alloy 16 Front cover Aluminum alloy 17 O-ring NBR 18 Piston rod B Stainless steel 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Connecting screw Stainless steel 21 Magnet holder Brass / aluminum alloy 22 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 23 Piston seal NBR 24 Piston Brass / aluminum alloy 25 Bumper TPU Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Axial threaded mounting M8×1.25; maximum 17.7 N·m; maximum engagement 16 mm Side mounting M8×1.25; maximum 12 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Jaw attachment M10×1.5; maximum 24 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Install finger attachments with the piston rods retracted to avoid scratching the rods and damaging their seals. The 32 mm bore has no axial through-hole mounting method in this catalog. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the combined jaw travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFT gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFT body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 6 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFT-validated complete kit. Choose valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. GPC601: G1/8 male; exact 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the matching HFT opening/closing work port GPTL601A: G1/8 male; exact 6 mm tube OD; A-typeMeter-out controller at each matching HFT work port instead of a straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the separate selected valve P/A/B ports BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A060040100MBU: Polyester PU; 6×4 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A060040100MBU: Polyether PU; 6×4 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose GPC601 straight fittings or GPTL601A controllers at the G1/8 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC6M5 at the separate M5 valve ports. The A-type restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the G sealing gasket on a suitable flat port face; PT/NPT are not substitutes. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating range of this selected HFT branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 3130 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight.

    $493.75

  • Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT32X60SG

    Airtac HFT series: wide-opening parallel pneumatic gripper - HFT32X60SG

    Specifications: HFT32X60SG is an AirTAC 32 mm wide-opening parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. The HFT download contains the complete HFT section from the 2022 Chinese catalog, printed pages 334–339, including specifications and mounting drawings. This model code Parameter Details HFT wide-opening parallel gripper; double acting 32 32 mm nominal bore X60 60 mm combined opening/closing stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately G G1/8 Design and operating features Long synchronized jaw travel accommodates larger workpieces. Dual pistons increase holding force; rack-and-pinion synchronization maintains parallel opening and closing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 32 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread G1/8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.1 mm Maximum operating frequency 20 cycles/min Combined opening/closing stroke 60 mm Gripping force at 0.5 MPa 228 N Force rating gripping-point distance 80 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFT32 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Choose the opening span to fit the workpiece, then check the force curve for the exact bore and stroke group. The gripping position is R in mm. Short and long stroke groups have different curves, even at the same bore. Keep fingers short and light and stay within the graphed force range. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 245 AB 100 KB 76 LB 50 PA 48 UA 184 UB 124 Overall body width 82 Overall height 100 Jaw attachment 4× M10×1.5 through Body front / rear mounting 4× M8×1.25 depth 16 Locating bore Ø34 (+0.05/0), depth 1.5 Dowel holes Ø6 (+0.03/0), depth 8 Guide diameter Ø16 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Support Aluminum alloy 2 Piston rod A Stainless steel 3 Locknut Alloy steel 4 Guide rod Stainless steel 5 Retaining plate Spring steel 6 Flat washer Free-cutting steel 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Dust seal TPU 9 DU dry bearing Low-carbon steel + composite material 10 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 11 O-ring NBR 12 Gear Chrome-molybdenum steel 13 Gear shaft Bearing steel 14 Gear cover Free-cutting steel 15 Body Aluminum alloy 16 Front cover Aluminum alloy 17 O-ring NBR 18 Piston rod B Stainless steel 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Connecting screw Stainless steel 21 Magnet holder Brass / aluminum alloy 22 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 23 Piston seal NBR 24 Piston Brass / aluminum alloy 25 Bumper TPU Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Axial threaded mounting M8×1.25; maximum 17.7 N·m; maximum engagement 16 mm Side mounting M8×1.25; maximum 12 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Jaw attachment M10×1.5; maximum 24 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Install finger attachments with the piston rods retracted to avoid scratching the rods and damaging their seals. The 32 mm bore has no axial through-hole mounting method in this catalog. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the combined jaw travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFT gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFT body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 6 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFT-validated complete kit. Choose valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. GPC601: G1/8 male; exact 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the matching HFT opening/closing work port GPTL601A: G1/8 male; exact 6 mm tube OD; A-typeMeter-out controller at each matching HFT work port instead of a straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the separate selected valve P/A/B ports BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A060040100MBU: Polyester PU; 6×4 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A060040100MBU: Polyether PU; 6×4 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose GPC601 straight fittings or GPTL601A controllers at the G1/8 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC6M5 at the separate M5 valve ports. The A-type restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seat the G sealing gasket on a suitable flat port face; PT/NPT are not substitutes. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating range of this selected HFT branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 2750 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight.

    $443.09

  • Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT32X150S

    Airtac HFT series: wide-opening parallel pneumatic gripper - HFT32X150S

    Specifications: HFT32X150S is an AirTAC 32 mm wide-opening parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. The HFT download contains the complete HFT section from the 2022 Chinese catalog, printed pages 334–339, including specifications and mounting drawings. This model code Parameter Details HFT wide-opening parallel gripper; double acting 32 32 mm nominal bore X150 150 mm combined opening/closing stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (thread code omitted) PT1/8 Design and operating features Long synchronized jaw travel accommodates larger workpieces. Dual pistons increase holding force; rack-and-pinion synchronization maintains parallel opening and closing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 32 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread PT1/8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.1 mm Maximum operating frequency 20 cycles/min Combined opening/closing stroke 150 mm Gripping force at 0.5 MPa 228 N Force rating gripping-point distance 80 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFT32 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Choose the opening span to fit the workpiece, then check the force curve for the exact bore and stroke group. The gripping position is R in mm. Short and long stroke groups have different curves, even at the same bore. Keep fingers short and light and stay within the graphed force range. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 443 AB 208 KB 184 LB 158 PA 93 UA 382 UB 232 Overall body width 82 Overall height 100 Jaw attachment 4× M10×1.5 through Body front / rear mounting 4× M8×1.25 depth 16 Locating bore Ø34 (+0.05/0), depth 1.5 Dowel holes Ø6 (+0.03/0), depth 8 Guide diameter Ø16 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Support Aluminum alloy 2 Piston rod A Stainless steel 3 Locknut Alloy steel 4 Guide rod Stainless steel 5 Retaining plate Spring steel 6 Flat washer Free-cutting steel 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Dust seal TPU 9 DU dry bearing Low-carbon steel + composite material 10 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 11 O-ring NBR 12 Gear Chrome-molybdenum steel 13 Gear shaft Bearing steel 14 Gear cover Free-cutting steel 15 Body Aluminum alloy 16 Front cover Aluminum alloy 17 O-ring NBR 18 Piston rod B Stainless steel 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Connecting screw Stainless steel 21 Magnet holder Brass / aluminum alloy 22 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 23 Piston seal NBR 24 Piston Brass / aluminum alloy 25 Bumper TPU Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Axial threaded mounting M8×1.25; maximum 17.7 N·m; maximum engagement 16 mm Side mounting M8×1.25; maximum 12 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Jaw attachment M10×1.5; maximum 24 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Install finger attachments with the piston rods retracted to avoid scratching the rods and damaging their seals. The 32 mm bore has no axial through-hole mounting method in this catalog. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the combined jaw travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFT gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFT body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 6 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFT-validated complete kit. Choose valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC601: PT1/8 male; exact 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the matching HFT opening/closing work port PTL601A: PT1/8 male; exact 6 mm tube OD; A-typeMeter-out controller at each matching HFT work port instead of a straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the separate selected valve P/A/B ports BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A060040100MBU: Polyester PU; 6×4 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A060040100MBU: Polyether PU; 6×4 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC601 straight fittings or PTL601A controllers at the PT1/8 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC6M5 at the separate M5 valve ports. The A-type restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal the tapered PT thread correctly; G/NPT are not substitutes. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating range of this selected HFT branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 4650 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

    $678.94

  • Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT32X100S

    Airtac HFT series: wide-opening parallel pneumatic gripper - HFT32X100S

    Specifications: HFT32X100S is an AirTAC 32 mm wide-opening parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. The HFT download contains the complete HFT section from the 2022 Chinese catalog, printed pages 334–339, including specifications and mounting drawings. This model code Parameter Details HFT wide-opening parallel gripper; double acting 32 32 mm nominal bore X100 100 mm combined opening/closing stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (thread code omitted) PT1/8 Design and operating features Long synchronized jaw travel accommodates larger workpieces. Dual pistons increase holding force; rack-and-pinion synchronization maintains parallel opening and closing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 32 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread PT1/8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.1 mm Maximum operating frequency 20 cycles/min Combined opening/closing stroke 100 mm Gripping force at 0.5 MPa 228 N Force rating gripping-point distance 80 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFT32 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Choose the opening span to fit the workpiece, then check the force curve for the exact bore and stroke group. The gripping position is R in mm. Short and long stroke groups have different curves, even at the same bore. Keep fingers short and light and stay within the graphed force range. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 343 AB 158 KB 134 LB 108 PA 68 UA 282 UB 182 Overall body width 82 Overall height 100 Jaw attachment 4× M10×1.5 through Body front / rear mounting 4× M8×1.25 depth 16 Locating bore Ø34 (+0.05/0), depth 1.5 Dowel holes Ø6 (+0.03/0), depth 8 Guide diameter Ø16 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Support Aluminum alloy 2 Piston rod A Stainless steel 3 Locknut Alloy steel 4 Guide rod Stainless steel 5 Retaining plate Spring steel 6 Flat washer Free-cutting steel 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Dust seal TPU 9 DU dry bearing Low-carbon steel + composite material 10 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 11 O-ring NBR 12 Gear Chrome-molybdenum steel 13 Gear shaft Bearing steel 14 Gear cover Free-cutting steel 15 Body Aluminum alloy 16 Front cover Aluminum alloy 17 O-ring NBR 18 Piston rod B Stainless steel 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Connecting screw Stainless steel 21 Magnet holder Brass / aluminum alloy 22 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 23 Piston seal NBR 24 Piston Brass / aluminum alloy 25 Bumper TPU Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Axial threaded mounting M8×1.25; maximum 17.7 N·m; maximum engagement 16 mm Side mounting M8×1.25; maximum 12 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Jaw attachment M10×1.5; maximum 24 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Install finger attachments with the piston rods retracted to avoid scratching the rods and damaging their seals. The 32 mm bore has no axial through-hole mounting method in this catalog. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the combined jaw travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFT gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFT body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 6 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFT-validated complete kit. Choose valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC601: PT1/8 male; exact 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the matching HFT opening/closing work port PTL601A: PT1/8 male; exact 6 mm tube OD; A-typeMeter-out controller at each matching HFT work port instead of a straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the separate selected valve P/A/B ports BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A060040100MBU: Polyester PU; 6×4 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A060040100MBU: Polyether PU; 6×4 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC601 straight fittings or PTL601A controllers at the PT1/8 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC6M5 at the separate M5 valve ports. The A-type restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal the tapered PT thread correctly; G/NPT are not substitutes. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating range of this selected HFT branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 3685 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

    $551.56

  • Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT32X80S

    Airtac HFT series: wide-opening parallel pneumatic gripper - HFT32X80S

    Specifications: HFT32X80S is an AirTAC 32 mm wide-opening parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. The HFT download contains the complete HFT section from the 2022 Chinese catalog, printed pages 334–339, including specifications and mounting drawings. This model code Parameter Details HFT wide-opening parallel gripper; double acting 32 32 mm nominal bore X80 80 mm combined opening/closing stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (thread code omitted) PT1/8 Design and operating features Long synchronized jaw travel accommodates larger workpieces. Dual pistons increase holding force; rack-and-pinion synchronization maintains parallel opening and closing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 32 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread PT1/8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.1 mm Maximum operating frequency 20 cycles/min Combined opening/closing stroke 80 mm Gripping force at 0.5 MPa 228 N Force rating gripping-point distance 80 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFT32 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Choose the opening span to fit the workpiece, then check the force curve for the exact bore and stroke group. The gripping position is R in mm. Short and long stroke groups have different curves, even at the same bore. Keep fingers short and light and stay within the graphed force range. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 285 AB 120 KB 86 LB 60 PA 58 UA 224 UB 144 Overall body width 82 Overall height 100 Jaw attachment 4× M10×1.5 through Body front / rear mounting 4× M8×1.25 depth 16 Locating bore Ø34 (+0.05/0), depth 1.5 Dowel holes Ø6 (+0.03/0), depth 8 Guide diameter Ø16 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Support Aluminum alloy 2 Piston rod A Stainless steel 3 Locknut Alloy steel 4 Guide rod Stainless steel 5 Retaining plate Spring steel 6 Flat washer Free-cutting steel 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Dust seal TPU 9 DU dry bearing Low-carbon steel + composite material 10 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 11 O-ring NBR 12 Gear Chrome-molybdenum steel 13 Gear shaft Bearing steel 14 Gear cover Free-cutting steel 15 Body Aluminum alloy 16 Front cover Aluminum alloy 17 O-ring NBR 18 Piston rod B Stainless steel 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Connecting screw Stainless steel 21 Magnet holder Brass / aluminum alloy 22 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 23 Piston seal NBR 24 Piston Brass / aluminum alloy 25 Bumper TPU Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Axial threaded mounting M8×1.25; maximum 17.7 N·m; maximum engagement 16 mm Side mounting M8×1.25; maximum 12 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Jaw attachment M10×1.5; maximum 24 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Install finger attachments with the piston rods retracted to avoid scratching the rods and damaging their seals. The 32 mm bore has no axial through-hole mounting method in this catalog. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the combined jaw travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFT gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFT body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 6 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFT-validated complete kit. Choose valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC601: PT1/8 male; exact 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the matching HFT opening/closing work port PTL601A: PT1/8 male; exact 6 mm tube OD; A-typeMeter-out controller at each matching HFT work port instead of a straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the separate selected valve P/A/B ports BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A060040100MBU: Polyester PU; 6×4 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A060040100MBU: Polyether PU; 6×4 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC601 straight fittings or PTL601A controllers at the PT1/8 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC6M5 at the separate M5 valve ports. The A-type restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal the tapered PT thread correctly; G/NPT are not substitutes. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating range of this selected HFT branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 3130 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

    $493.75

  • Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT32X60S

    Airtac HFT series: wide-opening parallel pneumatic gripper - HFT32X60S

    Specifications: HFT32X60S is an AirTAC 32 mm wide-opening parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. The HFT download contains the complete HFT section from the 2022 Chinese catalog, printed pages 334–339, including specifications and mounting drawings. This model code Parameter Details HFT wide-opening parallel gripper; double acting 32 32 mm nominal bore X60 60 mm combined opening/closing stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (thread code omitted) PT1/8 Design and operating features Long synchronized jaw travel accommodates larger workpieces. Dual pistons increase holding force; rack-and-pinion synchronization maintains parallel opening and closing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 32 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread PT1/8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.1 mm Maximum operating frequency 20 cycles/min Combined opening/closing stroke 60 mm Gripping force at 0.5 MPa 228 N Force rating gripping-point distance 80 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFT32 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Choose the opening span to fit the workpiece, then check the force curve for the exact bore and stroke group. The gripping position is R in mm. Short and long stroke groups have different curves, even at the same bore. Keep fingers short and light and stay within the graphed force range. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 245 AB 100 KB 76 LB 50 PA 48 UA 184 UB 124 Overall body width 82 Overall height 100 Jaw attachment 4× M10×1.5 through Body front / rear mounting 4× M8×1.25 depth 16 Locating bore Ø34 (+0.05/0), depth 1.5 Dowel holes Ø6 (+0.03/0), depth 8 Guide diameter Ø16 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Support Aluminum alloy 2 Piston rod A Stainless steel 3 Locknut Alloy steel 4 Guide rod Stainless steel 5 Retaining plate Spring steel 6 Flat washer Free-cutting steel 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Dust seal TPU 9 DU dry bearing Low-carbon steel + composite material 10 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 11 O-ring NBR 12 Gear Chrome-molybdenum steel 13 Gear shaft Bearing steel 14 Gear cover Free-cutting steel 15 Body Aluminum alloy 16 Front cover Aluminum alloy 17 O-ring NBR 18 Piston rod B Stainless steel 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Connecting screw Stainless steel 21 Magnet holder Brass / aluminum alloy 22 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 23 Piston seal NBR 24 Piston Brass / aluminum alloy 25 Bumper TPU Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Axial threaded mounting M8×1.25; maximum 17.7 N·m; maximum engagement 16 mm Side mounting M8×1.25; maximum 12 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Jaw attachment M10×1.5; maximum 24 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Install finger attachments with the piston rods retracted to avoid scratching the rods and damaging their seals. The 32 mm bore has no axial through-hole mounting method in this catalog. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the combined jaw travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFT gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFT body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 6 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFT-validated complete kit. Choose valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC601: PT1/8 male; exact 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the matching HFT opening/closing work port PTL601A: PT1/8 male; exact 6 mm tube OD; A-typeMeter-out controller at each matching HFT work port instead of a straight fitting PC6M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 6 mm tube ODStraight connection at the separate selected valve P/A/B ports BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A060040100MBU: Polyester PU; 6×4 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A060040100MBU: Polyether PU; 6×4 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC601 straight fittings or PTL601A controllers at the PT1/8 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC6M5 at the separate M5 valve ports. The A-type restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. Fittings/controllers accept exact 6 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.08 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. Seal the tapered PT thread correctly; G/NPT are not substitutes. Seat the M5 valve-side gasket correctly. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating range of this selected HFT branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 15/12 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 2750 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

    $443.09

  • Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT25X100S

    Airtac HFT series: wide-opening parallel pneumatic gripper - HFT25X100S

    Specifications: HFT25X100S is an AirTAC 25 mm wide-opening parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. The HFT download contains the complete HFT section from the 2022 Chinese catalog, printed pages 334–339, including specifications and mounting drawings. This model code Parameter Details HFT wide-opening parallel gripper; double acting 25 25 mm nominal bore X100 100 mm combined opening/closing stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features Long synchronized jaw travel accommodates larger workpieces. Dual pistons increase holding force; rack-and-pinion synchronization maintains parallel opening and closing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 25 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.1 mm Maximum operating frequency 40 cycles/min Combined opening/closing stroke 100 mm Gripping force at 0.5 MPa 131 N Force rating gripping-point distance 40 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFT25 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Choose the opening span to fit the workpiece, then check the force curve for the exact bore and stroke group. The gripping position is R in mm. Short and long stroke groups have different curves, even at the same bore. Keep fingers short and light and stay within the graphed force range. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 317 AB 142 JB 120 KB 124 LB 102 PA 66.5 UA 266 UB 166 Overall body width 76 Overall height 81 Jaw attachment 4× M8×1.25 through Body front / rear mounting 4× M8×1.25 depth 16 Through holes 2× Ø9 Locating bore Ø34 (+0.05/0), depth 1 Dowel holes Ø4 (+0.03/0), depth 4.5 Guide diameter Ø12 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Support Aluminum alloy 2 Piston rod A Stainless steel 3 Locknut Alloy steel 4 Guide rod Stainless steel 5 Retaining plate Spring steel 6 Flat washer Free-cutting steel 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Dust seal TPU 9 DU dry bearing Low-carbon steel + composite material 10 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 11 O-ring NBR 12 Gear Chrome-molybdenum steel 13 Gear shaft Bearing steel 14 Gear cover Free-cutting steel 15 Body Aluminum alloy 16 Front cover Aluminum alloy 17 O-ring NBR 18 Piston rod B Stainless steel 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Connecting screw Stainless steel 21 Magnet holder Brass / aluminum alloy 22 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 23 Piston seal NBR 24 Piston Brass / aluminum alloy 25 Bumper TPU Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Axial threaded mounting M8×1.25; maximum 17.7 N·m; maximum engagement 16 mm Axial through mounting M8×1.25; maximum 17.7 N·m Side mounting M8×1.25; maximum 12 N·m; maximum engagement 7 mm Jaw attachment M8×1.25; maximum 12 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Install finger attachments with the piston rods retracted to avoid scratching the rods and damaging their seals. The 32 mm bore has no axial through-hole mounting method in this catalog. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the combined jaw travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFT gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFT body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFT-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating pressure range of this selected HFT branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa. Keep the selected branch within −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 2460 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

    $437.17

  • Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT25X80S

    Airtac HFT series: wide-opening parallel pneumatic gripper - HFT25X80S

    Specifications: HFT25X80S is an AirTAC 25 mm wide-opening parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. The HFT download contains the complete HFT section from the 2022 Chinese catalog, printed pages 334–339, including specifications and mounting drawings. This model code Parameter Details HFT wide-opening parallel gripper; double acting 25 25 mm nominal bore X80 80 mm combined opening/closing stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features Long synchronized jaw travel accommodates larger workpieces. Dual pistons increase holding force; rack-and-pinion synchronization maintains parallel opening and closing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 25 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.1 mm Maximum operating frequency 40 cycles/min Combined opening/closing stroke 80 mm Gripping force at 0.5 MPa 131 N Force rating gripping-point distance 40 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFT25 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Choose the opening span to fit the workpiece, then check the force curve for the exact bore and stroke group. The gripping position is R in mm. Short and long stroke groups have different curves, even at the same bore. Keep fingers short and light and stay within the graphed force range. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 277 AB 122 JB 100 KB 104 LB 82 PA 56.5 UA 226 UB 146 Overall body width 76 Overall height 81 Jaw attachment 4× M8×1.25 through Body front / rear mounting 4× M8×1.25 depth 16 Through holes 2× Ø9 Locating bore Ø34 (+0.05/0), depth 1 Dowel holes Ø4 (+0.03/0), depth 4.5 Guide diameter Ø12 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Support Aluminum alloy 2 Piston rod A Stainless steel 3 Locknut Alloy steel 4 Guide rod Stainless steel 5 Retaining plate Spring steel 6 Flat washer Free-cutting steel 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Dust seal TPU 9 DU dry bearing Low-carbon steel + composite material 10 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 11 O-ring NBR 12 Gear Chrome-molybdenum steel 13 Gear shaft Bearing steel 14 Gear cover Free-cutting steel 15 Body Aluminum alloy 16 Front cover Aluminum alloy 17 O-ring NBR 18 Piston rod B Stainless steel 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Connecting screw Stainless steel 21 Magnet holder Brass / aluminum alloy 22 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 23 Piston seal NBR 24 Piston Brass / aluminum alloy 25 Bumper TPU Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Axial threaded mounting M8×1.25; maximum 17.7 N·m; maximum engagement 16 mm Axial through mounting M8×1.25; maximum 17.7 N·m Side mounting M8×1.25; maximum 12 N·m; maximum engagement 7 mm Jaw attachment M8×1.25; maximum 12 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Install finger attachments with the piston rods retracted to avoid scratching the rods and damaging their seals. The 32 mm bore has no axial through-hole mounting method in this catalog. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the combined jaw travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFT gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFT body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFT-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating pressure range of this selected HFT branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa. Keep the selected branch within −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 2190 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

    $396.72

  • Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT25X60S

    Airtac HFT series: wide-opening parallel pneumatic gripper - HFT25X60S

    Specifications: HFT25X60S is an AirTAC 25 mm wide-opening parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. The HFT download contains the complete HFT section from the 2022 Chinese catalog, printed pages 334–339, including specifications and mounting drawings. This model code Parameter Details HFT wide-opening parallel gripper; double acting 25 25 mm nominal bore X60 60 mm combined opening/closing stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features Long synchronized jaw travel accommodates larger workpieces. Dual pistons increase holding force; rack-and-pinion synchronization maintains parallel opening and closing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 25 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.1 mm Maximum operating frequency 40 cycles/min Combined opening/closing stroke 60 mm Gripping force at 0.5 MPa 131 N Force rating gripping-point distance 40 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFT25 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Choose the opening span to fit the workpiece, then check the force curve for the exact bore and stroke group. The gripping position is R in mm. Short and long stroke groups have different curves, even at the same bore. Keep fingers short and light and stay within the graphed force range. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 223 AB 102 JB 66 KB 70 LB 48 PA 46.5 UA 172 UB 112 Overall body width 76 Overall height 81 Jaw attachment 4× M8×1.25 through Body front / rear mounting 4× M8×1.25 depth 16 Through holes 2× Ø9 Locating bore Ø34 (+0.05/0), depth 1 Dowel holes Ø4 (+0.03/0), depth 4.5 Guide diameter Ø12 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Support Aluminum alloy 2 Piston rod A Stainless steel 3 Locknut Alloy steel 4 Guide rod Stainless steel 5 Retaining plate Spring steel 6 Flat washer Free-cutting steel 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Dust seal TPU 9 DU dry bearing Low-carbon steel + composite material 10 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 11 O-ring NBR 12 Gear Chrome-molybdenum steel 13 Gear shaft Bearing steel 14 Gear cover Free-cutting steel 15 Body Aluminum alloy 16 Front cover Aluminum alloy 17 O-ring NBR 18 Piston rod B Stainless steel 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Connecting screw Stainless steel 21 Magnet holder Brass / aluminum alloy 22 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 23 Piston seal NBR 24 Piston Brass / aluminum alloy 25 Bumper TPU Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Axial threaded mounting M8×1.25; maximum 17.7 N·m; maximum engagement 16 mm Axial through mounting M8×1.25; maximum 17.7 N·m Side mounting M8×1.25; maximum 12 N·m; maximum engagement 7 mm Jaw attachment M8×1.25; maximum 12 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Install finger attachments with the piston rods retracted to avoid scratching the rods and damaging their seals. The 32 mm bore has no axial through-hole mounting method in this catalog. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the combined jaw travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFT gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFT body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFT-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating pressure range of this selected HFT branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa. Keep the selected branch within −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 1890 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

    $355.19

  • Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT20X100S

    Airtac HFT series: wide-opening parallel pneumatic gripper - HFT20X100S

    Specifications: HFT20X100S is an AirTAC 20 mm wide-opening parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. The HFT download contains the complete HFT section from the 2022 Chinese catalog, printed pages 334–339, including specifications and mounting drawings. This model code Parameter Details HFT wide-opening parallel gripper; double acting 20 20 mm nominal bore X100 100 mm combined opening/closing stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features Long synchronized jaw travel accommodates larger workpieces. Dual pistons increase holding force; rack-and-pinion synchronization maintains parallel opening and closing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 20 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.1 mm Maximum operating frequency 40 cycles/min Combined opening/closing stroke 100 mm Gripping force at 0.5 MPa 74 N Force rating gripping-point distance 40 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFT20 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Choose the opening span to fit the workpiece, then check the force curve for the exact bore and stroke group. The gripping position is R in mm. Short and long stroke groups have different curves, even at the same bore. Keep fingers short and light and stay within the graphed force range. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 295 AB 133 JB 116 KB 120 LB 100 PA 66 UA 252 UB 152 Overall body width 65 Overall height 70.5 Jaw attachment 4× M6×1 through Body front / rear mounting 4× M6×1 depth 12 Through holes 2× Ø6.5 Locating bore Ø28 (+0.05/0), depth 1 Dowel holes Ø4 (+0.03/0), depth 4 Guide diameter Ø10 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Support Aluminum alloy 2 Piston rod A Stainless steel 3 Locknut Alloy steel 4 Guide rod Stainless steel 5 Retaining plate Spring steel 6 Flat washer Free-cutting steel 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Dust seal TPU 9 DU dry bearing Low-carbon steel + composite material 10 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 11 O-ring NBR 12 Gear Chrome-molybdenum steel 13 Gear shaft Bearing steel 14 Gear cover Free-cutting steel 15 Body Aluminum alloy 16 Front cover Aluminum alloy 17 O-ring NBR 18 Piston rod B Stainless steel 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Connecting screw Stainless steel 21 Magnet holder Brass / aluminum alloy 22 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 23 Piston seal NBR 24 Piston Brass / aluminum alloy 25 Bumper TPU Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Axial threaded mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Axial through mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m Side mounting M6×1; maximum 4.8 N·m; maximum engagement 7 mm Jaw attachment M6×1; maximum 4.8 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Install finger attachments with the piston rods retracted to avoid scratching the rods and damaging their seals. The 32 mm bore has no axial through-hole mounting method in this catalog. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the combined jaw travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFT gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFT body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFT-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating pressure range of this selected HFT branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa. Keep the selected branch within −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 1660 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

    $375.13

  • Airtac HFT Series: Large Aperture Opening Clamp - HFT20X60S

    Airtac HFT series: wide-opening parallel pneumatic gripper - HFT20X60S

    Specifications: HFT20X60S is an AirTAC 20 mm wide-opening parallel gripper. It is double acting. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. The HFT download contains the complete HFT section from the 2022 Chinese catalog, printed pages 334–339, including specifications and mounting drawings. This model code Parameter Details HFT wide-opening parallel gripper; double acting 20 20 mm nominal bore X60 60 mm combined opening/closing stroke S Built-in magnet; sensor switch ordered separately (thread code omitted) M5×0.8 Design and operating features Long synchronized jaw travel accommodates larger workpieces. Dual pistons increase holding force; rack-and-pinion synchronization maintains parallel opening and closing. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 20 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Proof pressure 1.2 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.1 mm Maximum operating frequency 40 cycles/min Combined opening/closing stroke 60 mm Gripping force at 0.5 MPa 74 N Force rating gripping-point distance 40 mm Cushion Bumper Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFT20 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Choose the opening span to fit the workpiece, then check the force curve for the exact bore and stroke group. The gripping position is R in mm. Short and long stroke groups have different curves, even at the same bore. Keep fingers short and light and stay within the graphed force range. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 203 AB 91 JB 74 KB 78 LB 58 PA 46 UA 160 UB 100 Overall body width 65 Overall height 70.5 Jaw attachment 4× M6×1 through Body front / rear mounting 4× M6×1 depth 12 Through holes 2× Ø6.5 Locating bore Ø28 (+0.05/0), depth 1 Dowel holes Ø4 (+0.03/0), depth 4 Guide diameter Ø10 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Support Aluminum alloy 2 Piston rod A Stainless steel 3 Locknut Alloy steel 4 Guide rod Stainless steel 5 Retaining plate Spring steel 6 Flat washer Free-cutting steel 7 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 8 Dust seal TPU 9 DU dry bearing Low-carbon steel + composite material 10 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 11 O-ring NBR 12 Gear Chrome-molybdenum steel 13 Gear shaft Bearing steel 14 Gear cover Free-cutting steel 15 Body Aluminum alloy 16 Front cover Aluminum alloy 17 O-ring NBR 18 Piston rod B Stainless steel 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Connecting screw Stainless steel 21 Magnet holder Brass / aluminum alloy 22 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 23 Piston seal NBR 24 Piston Brass / aluminum alloy 25 Bumper TPU Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Axial threaded mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Axial through mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m Side mounting M6×1; maximum 4.8 N·m; maximum engagement 7 mm Jaw attachment M6×1; maximum 4.8 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Install finger attachments with the piston rods retracted to avoid scratching the rods and damaging their seals. The 32 mm bore has no axial through-hole mounting method in this catalog. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of the combined jaw travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFT gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFT body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFT-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating pressure range of this selected HFT branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa. Keep the selected branch within −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 1225 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight.

    $304.69


You have seen 24 out of 28 products

Footer image

© 2026 Airtac, Powered by Shopify

  • US (USD $) US (USD $)
  • Ach Direct Debit
  • Amazon
  • American Express
  • Apple Pay
  • Bizum
  • Diners Club
  • Discover
  • Google Pay
  • Mastercard
  • MB WAY
  • PayPal
  • Satispay
  • Shop Pay
  • USDC
  • Visa